Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E Light Duty) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Power Door, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Rear Wheel DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Variable Effort DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Real Time Damping DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent - Immobilizer DTCS
    • Transfer Case - NVG 236/246-NP8 DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Primary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View (Dual Track)
        • Identifying Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Switch-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying HVAC Control Module-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor (Suburban/Utility Without Sunroof) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (With Sunroof/Suburban/Yukon XL) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Recirculation Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying SDM Connector End View
        • Identifying Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Identifying Passenger-side Air Bag Module & SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Identifying PNP Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Stoplamp Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Identifying Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 1 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 2 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 3 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 4 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 3 Of 3)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/O VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C3 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C4 - W/VSES
        • MPA Switch Connector End View
        • Pressure Transducer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Identifying Instrument Cluster 32-Pin Printed Circuit (Bow Series) Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Module 6-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Relay 4-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (2.2L & 4.3L - Except "C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (3.8L, 4.3L "C" & "K" Series, 4.8L, 5.0L, 5.3L, 5.7L & 6.0L)
        • Identifying PCM 64-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (4.2L)
        • Identifying PNP Switch & Backup Light Switch Harness Connector End View (C1) Terminals
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TCC Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View ("S" & "T" Series - Except Envoy)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View (Envoy, & "C", "K", "L" & "M" Series)
        • Identifying TR Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying VSS Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve, & TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Secondary
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying DLC Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("C" &"K" Series)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Primary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Secondary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying IAT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying MAF Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (A/T)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (M/T 3500)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View -Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Clearance Lamps Connector End View
        • Console Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Console Compartment Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Uplevel
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Cupholder Lamp Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View -Base
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF, LR, RR
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • IP Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • License Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View -RF
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - LR
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Rear Wiper/Washer and Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Reading Lamps Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamps Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch - Security - RH Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch - Security Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C1 (Encoder Motor)
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C2 (Encoder Motor)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
        • Window Wiper Module Connector End View - Rear
        • Window Washer Pump Connector End View - Rear
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Connector End View
        • Horn - Right Connector End View
        • Horn - Left Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - Liftgate Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-3 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • C-2 Audio Amplifier (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Player Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Base) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Electronic Variable Orifice (EVO) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/ RTD
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/o RTD
        • Cargo Door Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C2 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C3 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Left Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C3
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C4
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Liftgate, All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger/RR/LR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver/Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector End View C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Power Folding Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C1 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C2 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - RR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver, Full Feature
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger, Full Feature
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch (ALL) Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Recirculation Switch Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside (Over Head) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C1 Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/Sunroof) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof) - Suburban/Yukon XL Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - w/Heat and A/C Utilities) Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Coonector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
        • With a DMM
          • Notes
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Circuit Breaker
          • Positive Temperature Coefficlent (PTC) Circuit Breaker
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
        • With a DMM
          • Notes
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Circuit Breaker
          • Positive Temperature Coefficlent (PTC) Circuit Breaker
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Door Unlock Function Inoperative With Transmitter
        • Door Lock Function Inoperative With Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Transmitter Programming Procedure (Method 1 - No Tools Required)
          • Transmitter Programming Procedure (Method 2 - Scan Tool Required)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock(tm) Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
            • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock(tm) System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock(tm) Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock(tm) Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System - Immobilizer
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Rear Parking Assist System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Parking Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Parking Assist Component Views
        • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Object Alarm Module Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Passlock Learn Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 & U1255: Critical Operating Parameter Has Not Been Associated
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 to U1254: Message From A Learned Identification Number Has Not Been Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: No Valid Messages Are Detected On The Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description & Operation
          • Data Link Communications Circuit Description & Operation
          • Circuit Description
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
        • Avalanche
        • Escalade
        • Escalade EXT
        • Suburban
        • Tahoe
        • Yukon
        • Yukon XL
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Components Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567: Resume/Accel Switch ON For Longer Than 90 Seconds
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568: Set/Coast Switch ON For Longer Than 90 Seconds
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0571: TCC Brake Switch Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574: Rapic Decrease In Vehicle Speed
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1574
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (W/O ETC)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (W/ETC)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, & 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Cruise Control Description & Operation (W/ETC)
      • Cruise Control Description & Operation (W/O ETC)
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Always On
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Call Center Unable to Configure OnStar (R) System
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Battery Consumption Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
          • OnStar® Module Reprogramming
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Locating Antenna Ground Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Audio Too Loud with Rear Seat Audio (RSA) On
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Display Inoperative, Speakers Operative
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Speed Compensated Volume
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Denali Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Denali Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (Between Both Modules)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Tweeter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (806 Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter (Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter (Bose Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Playing the Radio - Base Level
          • Finding a Station - Base Level
            • Am-Fm
              • Notes
              • Push Buttons
          • Setting the Tone - Base Level
          • Adjusting the Speakers - Base Level
          • Playing a Cassette Tape - Base Level
            • Notes
            • Recall
            • Eject
          • Playing the Radio - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Finding a Station - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Push Buttons
              • Notes
              • PSCAN
          • Setting the Tone - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Auto Tone
          • Adjusting the Speakers - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Playing a Cassette Tape - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Prog
              • Notes
              • DOLBY®
              • Am-Fm
          • Playing a Compact Disc - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Remote Playback Device - CD Player - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Prog
            • Next
          • Remote Playback Device - In-dash CD Changer - Luxury
            • Notes
            • Loading a Single CD
              • Notes
              • Loading Multiple CDs
              • Ejecting CDs
              • Playing the Remote Playback Device- In-dash CD Changer
              • Prev
            • Prog
            • Next
            • Rev
            • Fwd
            • Seek
            • P.Scan
            • Cd Tape
            • Activating the Theftlock™ Feature
              • Notes
              • Unlocking a Radio That Displays LOC When Code is Known
              • Unlocking a Radio That Displays LOC When Code is Unknown
              • Disabling the Theftlock™ Feature
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
              • Notes
              • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching - AM/FM
            • Source Switching - TAPE CD
              • Notes
              • Preset Program (PSET PROG)
              • Volume (VOL)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (SWC)
            • Prog
            • Seek
            • Mute
            • Vol
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Fog Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Input 2
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1397: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Relay Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Relay Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Short To Ground In Interior Park Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2613: Instrument Panel Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Shorted To Battery
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamp Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (With RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (With RPO Y91)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On With Park Brake Applied
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Export, Rear, Utility)
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative In Low Light Conditions
        • Headlamps On In Daylight Conditions
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utilities)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Cargo Lamp and Underhood Lamp
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps (Luxury-Y91)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: DIC Receives Class 2 Message Indicating Loss of Vehicle Speed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B0540
        • DTC B1023: DIC Detects Switch Signal Circuit is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1367: Ignition 0 Voltage Circuit Less Than 75 Percent of Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input is Active - Key in Ignition Switch Signal Circuit is Inactive - Signal Circuit is High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B2961
        • DTC P0461: PCM Not Detecting Change in Fuel Level After Distance of 201 km (125 mi)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0461
        • DTC P0462: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Less than 3.5%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Greater than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0608
        • DTC P0654: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0654
        • DTC P1431: PCM Detects No Change in Secondary Fuel Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P1431
        • DTC P1432: Fuel Level Signal 3.5% or Less
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1433: Fuel Level Signal Greater Than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gauges & Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Message Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Clock Malfunction
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
        • PRNDL Display Park Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (IP) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - IP Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right Vent
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Carrier Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Base Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Luxury Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Outlet Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
          • Fuel Gauge
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gauge
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine Oil Level
          • Check Engine Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Over Speed Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description & Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • Trip Mode
          • Personal/Business Trip
          • Elapsed Time Display
          • Vehicle History
          • Annual Mileage
          • Blank Display
          • Fuel Mode
            • Fuel Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Menu Mode
            • Notes
            • Personalization
            • Set Day/Date/Time
            • Analog Clock (Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Fog Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Input 2
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1397: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Relay Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Relay Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Short To Ground In Interior Park Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2613: Instrument Panel Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Shorted To Battery
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamp Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (With RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (With RPO Y91)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On With Park Brake Applied
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Export, Rear, Utility)
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative In Low Light Conditions
        • Headlamps On In Daylight Conditions
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utilities)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Cargo Lamp and Underhood Lamp
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps (Luxury-Y91)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays OC
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays SC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Magnetic Field Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Mass Damper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacment Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Always On
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Call Center Unable to Configure OnStar (R) System
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Battery Consumption Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
          • OnStar® Module Reprogramming
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Locating Antenna Ground Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Audio Too Loud with Rear Seat Audio (RSA) On
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Display Inoperative, Speakers Operative
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Speed Compensated Volume
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Denali Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Denali Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (Between Both Modules)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Tweeter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (806 Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter (Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter (Bose Subwoofer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Playing the Radio - Base Level
          • Finding a Station - Base Level
            • Am-Fm
              • Notes
              • Push Buttons
          • Setting the Tone - Base Level
          • Adjusting the Speakers - Base Level
          • Playing a Cassette Tape - Base Level
            • Notes
            • Recall
            • Eject
          • Playing the Radio - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Finding a Station - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Push Buttons
              • Notes
              • PSCAN
          • Setting the Tone - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Auto Tone
          • Adjusting the Speakers - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Playing a Cassette Tape - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Prog
              • Notes
              • DOLBY®
              • Am-Fm
          • Playing a Compact Disc - Uplevel/Luxury
          • Remote Playback Device - CD Player - Uplevel/Luxury
            • Notes
            • Prog
            • Next
          • Remote Playback Device - In-dash CD Changer - Luxury
            • Notes
            • Loading a Single CD
              • Notes
              • Loading Multiple CDs
              • Ejecting CDs
              • Playing the Remote Playback Device- In-dash CD Changer
              • Prev
            • Prog
            • Next
            • Rev
            • Fwd
            • Seek
            • P.Scan
            • Cd Tape
            • Activating the Theftlock™ Feature
              • Notes
              • Unlocking a Radio That Displays LOC When Code is Known
              • Unlocking a Radio That Displays LOC When Code is Unknown
              • Disabling the Theftlock™ Feature
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
              • Notes
              • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching - AM/FM
            • Source Switching - TAPE CD
              • Notes
              • Preset Program (PSET PROG)
              • Volume (VOL)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (SWC)
            • Prog
            • Seek
            • Mute
            • Vol
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Endgate (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Body Side Rear Drain
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: DIC Receives Class 2 Message Indicating Loss of Vehicle Speed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B0540
        • DTC B1023: DIC Detects Switch Signal Circuit is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1367: Ignition 0 Voltage Circuit Less Than 75 Percent of Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input is Active - Key in Ignition Switch Signal Circuit is Inactive - Signal Circuit is High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B2961
        • DTC P0461: PCM Not Detecting Change in Fuel Level After Distance of 201 km (125 mi)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0461
        • DTC P0462: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Less than 3.5%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Greater than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0608
        • DTC P0654: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0654
        • DTC P1431: PCM Detects No Change in Secondary Fuel Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P1431
        • DTC P1432: Fuel Level Signal 3.5% or Less
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1433: Fuel Level Signal Greater Than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gauges & Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Message Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Clock Malfunction
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
        • PRNDL Display Park Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (IP) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - IP Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right Vent
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Carrier Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Base Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Luxury Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Outlet Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
          • Fuel Gauge
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gauge
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine Oil Level
          • Check Engine Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Over Speed Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description & Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • Trip Mode
          • Personal/Business Trip
          • Elapsed Time Display
          • Vehicle History
          • Annual Mileage
          • Blank Display
          • Fuel Mode
            • Fuel Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Menu Mode
            • Notes
            • Personalization
            • Set Day/Date/Time
            • Analog Clock (Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Full Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Short Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Fog Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
          • Avalanche
          • Escalade
          • Escalade EXT
          • Suburban
          • Tahoe
          • Yukon
          • Yukon XL
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Input 2
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1397: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: 5 Volt Reference Output Circuit Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Relay Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Relay Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Short To Ground In Interior Park Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2613: Instrument Panel Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Ground Illumination Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Shorted To Battery
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamp Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On (With RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (Without RPO Y91)
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative (With RPO Y91)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On With Park Brake Applied
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Always On (Export, Rear)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Front)
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative (Export, Rear, Utility)
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative In Low Light Conditions
        • Headlamps On In Daylight Conditions
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Always On Or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps &/Or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utilities)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Cargo Lamp and Underhood Lamp
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps (Luxury-Y91)
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization System
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks (If Equipped)
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat Programming
          • Programming Features with the Secondary Information Center
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Remote Activation Verification
          • Headlamp Delay
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Memory Position Recall
          • Exit Position Recall
          • Mirror Reverse Tilt
          • Alarm Warning
          • Language
          • Display Units
          • Date and Time
          • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays OC
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays SC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Magnetic Field Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Lumbar Support Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats (Chevy and GMC)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats (Escalade)
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative (Chevy and GMC)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative (Escalade )
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Heated Seat Switch Mode Indicator Malfunction
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power Lumbar/Bolster)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split 2nd Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation (Escalade)
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation (Chevy and GMC)
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Mass Damper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacment Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays OC
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays SC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Magnetic Field Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
          • Test Description
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Always On - Rear
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Washer Fluid Indicator
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Door Unlock Function Inoperative With Transmitter
        • Door Lock Function Inoperative With Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Transmitter Programming Procedure (Method 1 - No Tools Required)
          • Transmitter Programming Procedure (Method 2 - Scan Tool Required)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock(tm) Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
            • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock(tm) System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock(tm) Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock(tm) Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System - Immobilizer
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Support Replacement - Radiator Grille Reinforcement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mounting Bracket Replacement - Air Cleaner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Cargo Area Water Management System Identification
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Latch Replacement - Removable Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Removable Rear - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Removable Rear Panel - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Body Side Rear Quarter Drain (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Front Gutter Side Drain Replacement - A Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Rear Gutter Side Drain Replacement - B Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Gutter Side Drain Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Midgate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Load Floor Grate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Trim Plate Replacement - Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Protector Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Inner Panel Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Adjustment
        • Endgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Cover Compression Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Upper Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Lower Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Tethered - Cargo Storage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Box Replacement - Cargo Stowage (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lid Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Rod and Outside Handle Replace - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Control Handle Replacement - Left Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linkage Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Liftgate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Endgate (Tahoe/Yukon Adjustment)
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Endgate (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Body Mounted Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grate Replacement - Load Floor Water Management (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Midgate - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Midgate - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cargo Door Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Cargo Area Water Flow Direction and Cleaning of the Drains
          • Cargo Panels Drain/Seal - Cleaning
          • Top Drain Grates - Cleaning
          • Side Rail Channels - Cleaning
          • Mid Gate Drain - Cleaning
          • Cargo Area Floor Drains
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (2500)
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (1500)
        • Brace Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Top Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Center Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Side Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • WATERLEAK Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Endgate (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Body Side Rear Drain
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: DIC Receives Class 2 Message Indicating Loss of Vehicle Speed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B0540
        • DTC B1023: DIC Detects Switch Signal Circuit is Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1367: Ignition 0 Voltage Circuit Less Than 75 Percent of Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input is Active - Key in Ignition Switch Signal Circuit is Inactive - Signal Circuit is High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC B2961
        • DTC P0461: PCM Not Detecting Change in Fuel Level After Distance of 201 km (125 mi)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0461
        • DTC P0462: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Less than 3.5%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Greater than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0608
        • DTC P0654: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P0654
        • DTC P1431: PCM Detects No Change in Secondary Fuel Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC P1431
        • DTC P1432: Fuel Level Signal 3.5% or Less
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1433: Fuel Level Signal Greater Than 98%
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gauges & Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Message Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Clock Malfunction
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
        • PRNDL Display Park Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Extension Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (IP) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - IP Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right Vent
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Carrier Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Base Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (Luxury Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Outlet Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
          • Fuel Gauge
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gauge
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine Oil Level
          • Check Engine Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Over Speed Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description & Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • Trip Mode
          • Personal/Business Trip
          • Elapsed Time Display
          • Vehicle History
          • Annual Mileage
          • Blank Display
          • Fuel Mode
            • Fuel Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Menu Mode
            • Notes
            • Personalization
            • Set Day/Date/Time
            • Analog Clock (Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Full Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Short Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Suburban/Yukon XL 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Sub/Yukon XL/Avalanche 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Yukon/Tahoe/Escalade 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche 2WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL /Avalanche 2WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche 4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL /Avalanche 4WD)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (25/35 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Denali/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Running Board Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Damaged Cage Nut Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
          • Plane
          • Length
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
        • Frame Reference Point Description
        • Frame Control Hole Description
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Symmetrical
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Asymmetrical
        • Running Board Description
        • Frame and Underbody Description
          • Frames
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Mass Damper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacment Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays OC
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays SC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Magnetic Field Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Lumbar Support Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats (Chevy and GMC)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats (Escalade)
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Escalade with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Chevy and GMC with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative (Chevy and GMC)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative (Escalade )
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Heated Seat Switch Mode Indicator Malfunction
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power Lumbar/Bolster)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split 2nd Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation (Escalade)
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation (Chevy and GMC)
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Sun Roof
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open To Express Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height & Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Drain Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Glass Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (All Except Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Sunroof Description & Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Module Information 3
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1586, B1596, B1616, or B1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3138
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3147 or B3148
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3148
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks - Lock Inoperative Unlock Operates
        • Power Door Locks - Unlock Inoperative Lock Operates
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Escalade Only)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Accessory Switch Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Outside Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Outside Rear View Mirror Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Mirror Module (MMM) Learn Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Power Mirror)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Lock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Base Vehicles)
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation (Uplevel Vehicles)
          • Delay Locking (Utility Vehicles)
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System without Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Power Mirror System with Memory
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Components
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Components
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirror System
            • Heated Mirror System Components
            • Heated Mirror System Controls
            • Heated Mirror System Operation
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/Cargo Doors)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays OC
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Mirror Displays SC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Magnetic Field Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List (w/JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data List (w/o JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (w/JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (w/o JL4)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0201, C0202, C0203, C0204: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0201, C0202, C0203
            • C0204
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0201
            • C0202
            • C0203
            • C0204
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0205, C0206, C0207, C0208: Steering Wheel Position - (PWM) Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0205, C0206 & C0207
            • C0208
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0205
            • C0206
            • C0207
            • C0208
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0209, C0210, C0211, C0212: Yaw Rate Sensor Signals & Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0209 & C0210
            • C0211
            • C0212
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0209
            • C0210
            • C0211
            • C0212
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0213, C0214, C0215, C0216: Lateral Accelerometer Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0213, C0214
            • C0215
            • C0216
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0213
            • C0214
            • C0215
            • C0216
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0217, C0218, C0219, C0220: Longitudinal Accelerometer Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0217, C0218, C0219
            • C0220
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0217
            • C0218
            • C0219
            • C0220
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0217-C0220
        • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0225, C0226, C0227: EBCM Detects Open Or Shorted Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221, C0223, C0225 & C0227
            • C0222 & C0226
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 & C0225
            • C0222 & C0226
            • C0223 & C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, & C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229: EBCM Detects Erratic Signal From Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0229
        • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P1504: EBCM (Erratic) Wheel Speed Signal & PCM (Low Voltage) Vehicle Speed Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 & C0237
            • P1504
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P1504
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: EBCM Detects Erratic Wheel Speed Input
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240-C0259: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunctions
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Cc0240, C0249, C0250, C0255-C0259
            • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251-C0254
            • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0240-C0259
        • DTC C0263: Brake Switch (Closed)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0263
        • DTC C0265 or C0266 (w/JL4): EBCM (Internal Malfunction Detected)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0265 or C0266 (w/o JL4): EBCM (Internal Malfunction Detected)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: EBCM Detects Open, Shorted, or Seized Pump Motor or Driver Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: EBCM Is Commanding the Dump & Isolation Solenoids (ON)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0271-C0273, C0284
        • DTC C0275 or C0276: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0275 or C0276
        • DTC C0279: EBCM Receives Invalid Information From PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: EBCM Detects Open or Shorted Brake Switch or Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0282, C0285, or C0286: MPA Switch Remains Closed, Open, or MPA Intermittent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0282 and C0285
            • C0286
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0282
            • C0285
            • C0286
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (w/JL4): VSES Mode Switch Signal Detected as Excessively Low/High, or Detected as Pressed for 60 Sec.
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (w/NW7): EBCM Detects Low Voltage on TCS Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: EBCM Receives Invalid Torque Signals & PCM Detects Invalid Torque Signal Voltage Delivered
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0288: EBCM Detects Sensor Supply Voltage Fluctuating
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292: EBCM Failed to Receive Serial Data from PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC C0290 or C0292
        • DTC C0297: EBCM Failed to Receive Correct Serial Data from PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC C0297
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: PCM Receives Invalid Requested Torque Signal and PCM Lost Ability to Perform Traction Control
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/JL4)
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Accumulator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (StabiliTrak)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ABS Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • LOW TRACTION-Except Escalade
            • LOW TRACTION-Escalade
            • TRACTION OFF-Except Escalade
            • TRACTION OFF-Escalade
          • Stability System Indicators (JL4)
            • Stability System Active
            • Stability System Limited
            • Stability System Disabled
            • Service Stability System
            • Mode Indicator
            • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Brake Hydraulic Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Hydraulic Brake Booster
          • Power Steering System
        • Brake Hydraulic Assist System Operation
        • Brake Vacuum Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Vacuum Source
          • Vacuum Source Delivery System
        • Brake Vacuum Assist System Operation
        • Brake Warning System
        • Disc Brake System Description
          • Disc Brake Pads
          • Disc Brake Rotors
          • Disc Brake Pad Hardware
          • Disc Brake Caliper Hardware
        • Disc Brake System Operation
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder
          • Hydraulic Brake Pressure Balance Control System
          • Hydraulic Brake Pipes and Flexible Brake Hoses
          • Hydraulic Brake Wheel Apply Components
        • Hydraulic Brake System Operation
        • Park Brake System Description
          • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly
          • Park Brake Cables
          • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Park Brake Apply Lever
          • Park Brake Actuator/Adjuster
          • Park Brake Shoe
        • Park Brake System Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
      • Adjustments & Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Pedal PUSHROD Inspection
        • Brake Pipe & Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement & Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection (Front)
          • Inspection (Rear - 1500 Series Pickup)
          • Inspection (Rear - All Models Except 1500 Series Pickup)
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
        • Park Brake Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Park Brake Shoe Adjustment
          • Park Brake Pedal Adjustment
      • Troubleshooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Points
          • Disc Brake System
          • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Park Brake System
        • General Diagnosis
          • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Park Brake System
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
          • Hydraulic Assist
          • Vacuum Assist
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Symptom Tests
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven
          • Pulls To One Side
          • Front To Rear
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
      • System Tests
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
      • Servicing
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Brake Caliper
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Removal (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Installation (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 & 2500 Series)
          • Removal (Rear - 3500 Series)
          • Removal (Rear - 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 & 2500 Series)
          • Installation (Rear - 3500 Series)
          • Installation (Rear - 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Brake Hose
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - Caliper)
          • Removal (Rear - Jounce)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - Caliper)
          • Installation (Rear - Jounce)
        • Brake Pads
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - All Except 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - All Except 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Rotor
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - Except Dual Wheels & 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - Dual Wheels)
          • Removal (Rear - 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - Except Dual Wheels & 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - Dual Wheels)
          • Installation (Rear - 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Disc Brake Hardware
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear)
        • Front Disc Brake Splash Shield
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal (Hydraulic Boost)
          • Removal (Vacuum Boost)
          • Installation (Hydraulic Boost)
          • Installation (Vacuum Boost)
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuator
          • Removal (1500 Series)
          • Removal (2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 Series)
          • Installation (2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Park Brake Cable
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Intermediate)
          • Removal (Left Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Left Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Right Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Right Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Intermediate)
          • Installation (Left Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Left Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Right Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Right Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Cable Guide
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Cable Mounting Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Shoes
          • Removal (1500 Series)
          • Removal (1500 HD, 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Removal (With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (1500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 HD, 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (With 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Disc Brake Backing Plate
          • Removal (1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (1500 Series With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (1500 Series With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve And/Or Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Brake Caliper
          • Disassembly & Reassembly (Front)
          • Disassembly (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Disassembly (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Reassembly (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Reassembly (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Power Brake Booster - Hydro-Boost
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis (Vacuum Assist)
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis (Hydraulic Assist)
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (Vacuum Boost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (Hydraulic Boost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Caliper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Jounce)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Checking and Adding Fluid
          • Bleeding the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Flushing the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation (Vacuum Assist)
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation (Hydraulic Assist)
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List (w/JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data List (w/o JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (w/JL4)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (w/o JL4)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0201, C0202, C0203, C0204: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0201, C0202, C0203
            • C0204
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0201
            • C0202
            • C0203
            • C0204
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0205, C0206, C0207, C0208: Steering Wheel Position - (PWM) Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0205, C0206 & C0207
            • C0208
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0205
            • C0206
            • C0207
            • C0208
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0209, C0210, C0211, C0212: Yaw Rate Sensor Signals & Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0209 & C0210
            • C0211
            • C0212
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0209
            • C0210
            • C0211
            • C0212
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0213, C0214, C0215, C0216: Lateral Accelerometer Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0213, C0214
            • C0215
            • C0216
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0213
            • C0214
            • C0215
            • C0216
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0217, C0218, C0219, C0220: Longitudinal Accelerometer Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0217, C0218, C0219
            • C0220
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0217
            • C0218
            • C0219
            • C0220
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0217-C0220
        • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0225, C0226, C0227: EBCM Detects Open Or Shorted Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221, C0223, C0225 & C0227
            • C0222 & C0226
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 & C0225
            • C0222 & C0226
            • C0223 & C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, & C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229: EBCM Detects Erratic Signal From Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0229
        • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P1504: EBCM (Erratic) Wheel Speed Signal & PCM (Low Voltage) Vehicle Speed Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 & C0237
            • P1504
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P1504
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: EBCM Detects Erratic Wheel Speed Input
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240-C0259: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunctions
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Cc0240, C0249, C0250, C0255-C0259
            • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251-C0254
            • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0240-C0259
        • DTC C0263: Brake Switch (Closed)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0263
        • DTC C0265 or C0266 (w/JL4): EBCM (Internal Malfunction Detected)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0265 or C0266 (w/o JL4): EBCM (Internal Malfunction Detected)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: EBCM Detects Open, Shorted, or Seized Pump Motor or Driver Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: EBCM Is Commanding the Dump & Isolation Solenoids (ON)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0271-C0273, C0284
        • DTC C0275 or C0276: EBCM Detects Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0275 or C0276
        • DTC C0279: EBCM Receives Invalid Information From PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: EBCM Detects Open or Shorted Brake Switch or Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0282, C0285, or C0286: MPA Switch Remains Closed, Open, or MPA Intermittent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0282 and C0285
            • C0286
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0282
            • C0285
            • C0286
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (w/JL4): VSES Mode Switch Signal Detected as Excessively Low/High, or Detected as Pressed for 60 Sec.
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (w/NW7): EBCM Detects Low Voltage on TCS Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: EBCM Receives Invalid Torque Signals & PCM Detects Invalid Torque Signal Voltage Delivered
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0288: EBCM Detects Sensor Supply Voltage Fluctuating
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292: EBCM Failed to Receive Serial Data from PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC C0290 or C0292
        • DTC C0297: EBCM Failed to Receive Correct Serial Data from PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • DTC C0297
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: PCM Receives Invalid Requested Torque Signal and PCM Lost Ability to Perform Traction Control
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative (Except Escalade)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/JL4)
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Accumulator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (StabiliTrak)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ABS Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • LOW TRACTION-Except Escalade
            • LOW TRACTION-Escalade
            • TRACTION OFF-Except Escalade
            • TRACTION OFF-Escalade
          • Stability System Indicators (JL4)
            • Stability System Active
            • Stability System Limited
            • Stability System Disabled
            • Service Stability System
            • Mode Indicator
            • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts - Front
    • Model Identification
    • Description & Operation
      • Axle Shafts
    • Component Location
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Axle Shafts
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
      • Symptoms - Axle Shafts
        • Notes
        • Classifying The Symptom
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Axle Shaft
        • Notes
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Axle Shafts Boot Cover
        • Notes
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Overhaul
      • Axle Shaft Inner Joint & Seal
        • Notes
        • Disassembly
        • Reassembly
      • Axle Shaft Outer Joint & Seal
        • Notes
        • Disassembly
        • Reassembly
    • Torque Specifications
    • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axles - Except Full Floating Axle
      • Model Identification
      • Description
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Bearing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pinion Flange & Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Housing Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Differential Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Reassembly
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Pinion Depth
        • Side Bearing Preload
        • Backlash & Final Assembly
      • Axle Assembly Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Drive Axles - Front
      • Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front
          • Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy On Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electric Motor Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Connector Replacement - Front Drive Axle (Ratcheting Style)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vent Hose Connector Replacement - Front Drive Axle (Non-Ratcheting Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft And/Or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 S4WD And 9.25 Axles)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft And/Or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Clutch Shaft Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Seal And/Or Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Shim Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Method
          • Alternate Adjustment Method
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, And Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble (8.25 Inch Axles)
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case And Gears Inspection
        • Pinion And Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, And Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation (8.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Backlash Inspection And Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 S4WD And 9.25 Axles)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
        • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
          • Notes
          • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Backlash Adjustment
        • Testing Procedure
        • Correct Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
          • Service Hints
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
      • Description And Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description And Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Drive Axles - Full Floating Axle
      • Model Identification
      • Description
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Shafts
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hub & Drum Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hub & Rotor Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pinion Yoke & Pinion Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Housing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Differential Assembly
          • Removal & Disassembly
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Installation
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Pinion Depth
          • 10.5" Ring Gear
          • 11.5" Ring Gear
        • Drive Pinion Preload
          • 10.5" Ring Gear
          • 11.5" Ring Gear
        • Ring & Pinion Gear Backlash
        • Side Bearing Preload
      • Drive Axle Assembly Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Drive Axles - QUADRASTEER
      • Model Identification
      • Description
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Seal - Outer
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Seal - Inner
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Case & Ring Gear
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Side Bearings
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pinion Yoke & Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Wheel Hub Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Gear Actuator & Differential Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Knuckle Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - One Piece
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Differential Assembly
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Pinion Depth
        • Side Bearing Preload
        • Backlash & Final Assembly
      • Axle Assembly Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Rear Drive Axle - EATON Locking
      • Model Identification
      • Description
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Troubleshooting
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
        • Locking Rear Axle Chatters In Turns
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Removal & Installation
      • Overhaul
        • 1-Piece Case
          • Disassembly (Differential)
          • Disassembly (Cam Unit)
          • Disassembly (Clutch Disc Assembly)
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly (Cam Unit)
          • Reassembly (Clutch Disc Assembly)
          • Reassembly (Differential)
        • 2-Piece Case
          • Disassembly (Differential)
          • Disassembly (Cam Unit)
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly (Cam Unit)
          • Reassembly (Differential)
      • Adjustments
        • 1-Piece Case
          • Notes
          • Gear Backlash
        • 2-Piece Case
          • Notes
          • Right Side Gear Backlash
          • Left Side Gear Backlash
          • Reaction Block Clearance
      • Axle Assembly Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Auxiliary Battery Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Auxiliary Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery to Battery Relay - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery Relay to Starter - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Relay Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Primary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View (Dual Track)
        • Identifying Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Switch-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying HVAC Control Module-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor (Suburban/Utility Without Sunroof) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (With Sunroof/Suburban/Yukon XL) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Recirculation Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying SDM Connector End View
        • Identifying Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Identifying Passenger-side Air Bag Module & SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Identifying PNP Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Stoplamp Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Identifying Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 1 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 2 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 3 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 4 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 3 Of 3)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/O VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C3 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C4 - W/VSES
        • MPA Switch Connector End View
        • Pressure Transducer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Identifying Instrument Cluster 32-Pin Printed Circuit (Bow Series) Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Module 6-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Relay 4-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (2.2L & 4.3L - Except "C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (3.8L, 4.3L "C" & "K" Series, 4.8L, 5.0L, 5.3L, 5.7L & 6.0L)
        • Identifying PCM 64-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (4.2L)
        • Identifying PNP Switch & Backup Light Switch Harness Connector End View (C1) Terminals
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TCC Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View ("S" & "T" Series - Except Envoy)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View (Envoy, & "C", "K", "L" & "M" Series)
        • Identifying TR Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying VSS Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve, & TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Secondary
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying DLC Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("C" &"K" Series)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Primary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Secondary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying IAT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying MAF Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (A/T)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (M/T 3500)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View -Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Clearance Lamps Connector End View
        • Console Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Console Compartment Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Uplevel
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Cupholder Lamp Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View -Base
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF, LR, RR
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • IP Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • License Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View -RF
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - LR
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Rear Wiper/Washer and Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Reading Lamps Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamps Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch - Security - RH Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch - Security Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C1 (Encoder Motor)
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C2 (Encoder Motor)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
        • Window Wiper Module Connector End View - Rear
        • Window Washer Pump Connector End View - Rear
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Connector End View
        • Horn - Right Connector End View
        • Horn - Left Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - Liftgate Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-3 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • C-2 Audio Amplifier (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Player Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Base) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Electronic Variable Orifice (EVO) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/ RTD
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/o RTD
        • Cargo Door Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C2 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C3 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Left Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C3
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C4
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Liftgate, All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger/RR/LR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver/Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector End View C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Power Folding Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C1 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C2 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - RR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver, Full Feature
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger, Full Feature
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch (ALL) Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Recirculation Switch Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside (Over Head) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C1 Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/Sunroof) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof) - Suburban/Yukon XL Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - w/Heat and A/C Utilities) Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Coonector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
        • With a DMM
          • Notes
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Circuit Breaker
          • Positive Temperature Coefficlent (PTC) Circuit Breaker
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Auxiliary Battery Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Auxiliary Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery to Battery Relay - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery Relay to Starter - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Relay Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Charging System
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Adjustment
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • System Operation Check
      • Self Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0562: Low System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0563: High System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0615: Improper Voltage Level On The Output Circuit That Controls The Starter Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1637: Generator Turn-On Signal Circuit Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1638: Pulse Width Modulation Signal Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Charging System Test
        • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
        • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Test D: Generator Noise Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Generator (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Generator (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal & Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Instrument Panel Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Fusible Links
  • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gauges, & Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0540: DIC Receives Class 2 Message Indicating Loss of Vehicle Speed
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0540
      • DTC B1023: DIC Detects Switch Signal Circuit is Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • B1023
      • DTC B1367: Ignition 0 Voltage Circuit Less Than 75 Percent of Battery Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input is Active - Key in Ignition Switch Signal Circuit is Inactive - Signal Circuit is High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2961
      • DTC P0461: PCM Not Detecting Change in Fuel Level After Distance of 201 km (125 mi)
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0461
      • DTC P0462: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Less than 3.5%
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463: Detects Fuel Level Signal is Greater than 98%
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0608
      • DTC P0654: PCM Detects Control Circuit Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654
      • DTC P1431: PCM Detects No Change in Secondary Fuel Level
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1431
      • DTC P1432: Fuel Level Signal 3.5% or Less
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1433: Fuel Level Signal Greater Than 98%
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Gauges & Odometer
          • Indicators
          • Message Center
          • Instrument Cluster Dimming
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Audible Warnings
      • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
      • Clock Malfunction
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
      • PRNDL Display Park Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Accessory Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Insulator Replacement - IP
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Extension Replacement (Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Extension Replacement (Non-Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement (Non-Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement (Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (IP) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - IP Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - IP
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right Vent
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Assist Handle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Carrier Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Non-Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clock Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement (Base Console)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement (Luxury Console)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Accessory Outlet Cover Replacement - Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console End Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • IP Harness Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
        • Fuel Gauge
        • Hourmeter
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Transmission Temperature Gauge
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Engine Oil Level
        • Check Engine Oil Pressure
        • Low Fuel
        • Over Speed Indicator
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description & Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • DIC Displays
        • Vehicle Information
        • Trip Mode
        • Personal/Business Trip
        • Elapsed Time Display
        • Vehicle History
        • Annual Mileage
        • Blank Display
        • Fuel Mode
          • Fuel Range
        • Average Fuel Economy
        • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
        • Menu Mode
          • Notes
          • Personalization
          • Set Day/Date/Time
          • Analog Clock (Z75 Only)
      • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Chime
        • Turn Signal Warning
        • Park Brake Chime
    • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Auxiliary Battery Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Auxiliary Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery to Battery Relay - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement - Battery Relay to Starter - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Relay Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Primary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View (Dual Track)
        • Identifying Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Switch-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying HVAC Control Module-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor (Suburban/Utility Without Sunroof) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (With Sunroof/Suburban/Yukon XL) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Recirculation Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying SDM Connector End View
        • Identifying Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Identifying Passenger-side Air Bag Module & SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Identifying PNP Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Stoplamp Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Identifying Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 1 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 2 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 3 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 4 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 3 Of 3)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/O VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C3 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C4 - W/VSES
        • MPA Switch Connector End View
        • Pressure Transducer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Identifying Instrument Cluster 32-Pin Printed Circuit (Bow Series) Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Module 6-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Relay 4-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (2.2L & 4.3L - Except "C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (3.8L, 4.3L "C" & "K" Series, 4.8L, 5.0L, 5.3L, 5.7L & 6.0L)
        • Identifying PCM 64-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (4.2L)
        • Identifying PNP Switch & Backup Light Switch Harness Connector End View (C1) Terminals
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TCC Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View ("S" & "T" Series - Except Envoy)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View (Envoy, & "C", "K", "L" & "M" Series)
        • Identifying TR Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying VSS Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve, & TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Secondary
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying DLC Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("C" &"K" Series)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Primary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Secondary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying IAT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying MAF Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (A/T)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (M/T 3500)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View -Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Clearance Lamps Connector End View
        • Console Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Console Compartment Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Uplevel
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Cupholder Lamp Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View -Base
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF, LR, RR
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • IP Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • License Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View -RF
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - LR
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Rear Wiper/Washer and Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Reading Lamps Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamps Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch - Security - RH Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch - Security Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C1 (Encoder Motor)
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C2 (Encoder Motor)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
        • Window Wiper Module Connector End View - Rear
        • Window Washer Pump Connector End View - Rear
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Connector End View
        • Horn - Right Connector End View
        • Horn - Left Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - Liftgate Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-3 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • C-2 Audio Amplifier (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Player Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Base) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Electronic Variable Orifice (EVO) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/ RTD
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/o RTD
        • Cargo Door Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C2 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C3 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Left Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C3
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C4
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Liftgate, All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger/RR/LR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver/Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector End View C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Power Folding Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C1 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C2 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - RR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver, Full Feature
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger, Full Feature
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch (ALL) Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Recirculation Switch Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside (Over Head) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C1 Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/Sunroof) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof) - Suburban/Yukon XL Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - w/Heat and A/C Utilities) Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Coonector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Module Information 1
          • Module Information 2
          • Data
          • Input 1
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs B1477 and B1478
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
        • With a DMM
          • Notes
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Circuit Breaker
          • Positive Temperature Coefficlent (PTC) Circuit Breaker
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Starter Application
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point (Engine Electrical)
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Electrical)
        • Symptoms (Engine Electrical)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Noise Diagnosis
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.3L Engine)
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal (6.6L Engine)
          • Removal (8.1L Engine)
          • Installation (4.3L Engine)
          • Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engine)
          • Installation (6.6L Engine)
          • Installation (8.1L Engine)
        • Starter Relay
          • Removal & Installation
        • Starter Shield
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Starter Solenoid (6.6L Engine)
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Primary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (Secondary)
        • Identifying FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Delphi)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 1 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2, Sensor 2 Connector End View (Denso)
        • Identifying IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Identifying Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying TP Sensor Connector End View (Dual Track)
        • Identifying Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Assembly-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Blower Motor Switch-C2 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying HVAC Control Module-C1 Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor (Suburban/Utility Without Sunroof) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (A/C Only) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (With Sunroof/Suburban/Yukon XL) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly (Without Sunroof/With Heat & A/C) Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Auxiliary Mode Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Recirculation Actuator Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying SDM Connector End View
        • Identifying Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Identifying Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Identifying Passenger-side Air Bag Module & SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Identifying PNP Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Stoplamp Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Identifying Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission In-Line 20-Way Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (6.0L - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 1 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 2 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 3 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C1 (8.1L - 4 Of 4)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Way Connector End View C2 (8.1L - 3 Of 3)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C1 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/O VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM Connector End View) - C2 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C3 - W/VSES
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View - C4 - W/VSES
        • MPA Switch Connector End View
        • Pressure Transducer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Identifying Instrument Cluster 32-Pin Printed Circuit (Bow Series) Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Module 6-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying Fuel Pump Balance Relay 4-Pin Connector End View
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (2.2L & 4.3L - Except "C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying PCM 80-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (3.8L, 4.3L "C" & "K" Series, 4.8L, 5.0L, 5.3L, 5.7L & 6.0L)
        • Identifying PCM 64-Pin Harness Connector End View (C1 & C2) Terminals (4.2L)
        • Identifying PNP Switch & Backup Light Switch Harness Connector End View (C1) Terminals
        • Identifying Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TCC Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View ("S" & "T" Series - Except Envoy)
        • Identifying Tow/Haul Switch Harness Connector End View (Envoy, & "C", "K", "L" & "M" Series)
        • Identifying TR Switch Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Engine Side)
        • Identifying Transmission 20-Pin In-Line Harness Connector End View (Transmission Side)
        • Identifying VSS Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve, & TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Identifying 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Harness Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Connector End View - Secondary
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying APP Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying DLC Terminals Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying DLC Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying ECT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("C" &"K" Series)
        • Identifying EGR Valve Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Primary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Secondary Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series)
        • Identifying HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying IAT Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 1, 3, 5 & 7 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Ignition Coil Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 Connector End View ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying MAF Sensor Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying MAF/IAT Sensor Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 1 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 2 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado - 3 Of 3)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 ("G" Series - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C1 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 1 Of 2)
        • Identifying PCM Connector End View C2 (3500 HD - 2 Of 2)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 (Sierra & Silverado)
        • Identifying Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View ("G" Series)
        • Identifying Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 ("G" Series)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C1 (3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("C" & "K" Series Except 3500 HD)
        • Identifying TAC Module Connector End View C2 ("G" Series & 3500 HD)
        • Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (Avalanche, Suburban & Yukon XL)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (A/T)
        • Identifying VSS Connector End View (M/T 3500)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View -Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Clearance Lamps Connector End View
        • Console Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Console Compartment Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy Lamp Module Connector End View - Luxury
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Uplevel
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Luxury
        • Cupholder Lamp Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View -Base
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF, LR, RR
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Fog/Cargo Lamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF, RF
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right - W/Z75 (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • IP Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • License Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View -RF
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Base
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C1 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF - Connector End View C3 - Uplevel/Luxury
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - LR
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Connector End View C1 - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Rear Wiper/Washer and Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Reading Lamps Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamps Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Stop/Park Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left, Right
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch - Security - RH Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch - Security Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C1 (Encoder Motor)
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - C2 (Encoder Motor)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
        • Window Wiper Module Connector End View - Rear
        • Window Washer Pump Connector End View - Rear
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Connector End View
        • Horn - Right Connector End View
        • Horn - Left Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - Liftgate Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, LH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2, RH - Cargo Door Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Base) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Radio C-2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Radio C-3 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C-1 (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • C-2 Audio Amplifier (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C1 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier - C2 (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Player Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Uplevel) Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Base) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right Console Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right A Pillar Tweeter (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Twiddler (Luxury) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D Pillar Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Electronic Variable Orifice (EVO) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/ RTD
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View - w/o RTD
        • Cargo Door Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C2 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Right Cargo-C3 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate- Left Cargo-C1 Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C1
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C2
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C3
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Cargo Connector End View C4
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Liftgate, All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger/RR/LR Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver/Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Mirror Module Connector End View C2
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger, Except Z75 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C1 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger Connector End View C2 (Z75)
        • Outside Rearview Power Folding Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C1 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View C2 (Except Base)
        • Window/Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - RR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver, Full Feature
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger, Full Feature
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch (ALL) Connector End View
        • A/C High Pressure Recirculation Switch Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside (Over Head) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C1 Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary - C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/Sunroof) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - Suburban/Yukon XL) Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof) - Suburban/Yukon XL Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof - w/Heat and A/C Utilities) Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Manual Air Delivery) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Coonector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
        • With a DMM
          • Notes
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Circuit Breaker
          • Positive Temperature Coefficlent (PTC) Circuit Breaker
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Engine Mechanical
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Emission Control System Visual Inspection Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Emission Control Labels
      • Emission Control Visual Inspection
        • Notes
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
        • Thermostatic Air Cleaner (TAC)
        • Fuel Evaporative System (EVAP)
        • Catalytic Converters
          • Oxidation Catalyst (OC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst (TWC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst + Oxidation Catalyst (TWC + OC)
        • Fill Pipe RESTRICTOR (Fr)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
          • Single Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Dual Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Positive Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Negative Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Spark Controls (SPK)
        • Air Injection System (AIS)
          • Air Pump Injection System (AP)
          • Pulsed Secondary Air Injection (PAIR) System
        • Oxygen Sensor (O2)
        • Computerized Engine Controls (CEC)
        • Early Fuel Evaporation (EFE)
        • Emission Maintenance Reminder Light (EMR) (If Equipped)
        • Malfunction Indicator Light (Mil)
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Overheated Indicator Always On
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Drain and Fill Procedure
          • Engine Block Draining
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Crossover Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/O M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors (Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (Dealer Installation - 6.0L Engine)
          • Dealer Installation Only
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Check Coolant Temp
            • Engine Overheated
            • Low Coolant
            • Reduced Engine Power
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Cooling Cycle (6.6L Diesel Engine)
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Surge Tank
            • Pressure Cap
            • Cooling Fan and Clutch
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Water Pump (6.6L Diesel Engine)
            • Thermostat
            • Thermostats (6.6L Diesel Engine)
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Engine Oil Cooler (6.6L Diesel Engine)
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
            • Turbocharger Bypass Valve (6.6L Diesel Engine)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Serpentine Belt Routing & Alignment
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Prizm
        • 1.9L Saturn
        • 2.0L Tracker
        • 2.2L (L61) Alero, Cavalier & Grand Am
        • 2.2L (LN2) Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.2L "S" Pickup
        • 2.2L Sonoma
        • 2.4L Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.5L Tracker
        • 3.1L Century & Grand Prix, & 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo
        • 3.1L Malibu & 3.4L Alero, Aztek, Grand Am, Malibu, Montana, Rendezvous, Silouhette & Venture
        • 3.5L Aurora & Intrigue
        • 3.8L Bonneville, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue & Regal
        • 3.8L Camaro & Firebird
        • 4.0L Aurora & 4.6L Deville, Eldorado & Seville
        • 4.2L Bravada, Envoy & Trail Blazer
        • 4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L Trucks - All Models
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Trucks - All Models
        • 5.7L Camaro & Firebird
        • 5.7L Corvette
        • 6.5L Turbo-Diesel Express & Savana
        • 6.6L Turbo-Diesel Sierra & Silverado
        • 8.1L Express & Savana
        • 8.1L Sierra, Silverado, Suburban & Yukon XL
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (6.0L, and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Floor Panel Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Dash Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.8L, 5.3L, & 6.0L (On-Vehicle)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LM7 VIN T/L59 VIN Z)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LR4 VIN V)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LQ4 VIN U/LQ9 VIN N)
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Engine Compression Test (Mechanical Throttle)
        • Engine Compression Test (Electronic Throttle)
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L (LQ4))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (6.0L (LQ9))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
      • Torque Specifications
    • Engine Mechanical - 4.8L, 5.3L, & 6.0L (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LR4 VIN V)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LM7 VIN T/L59 VIN Z)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LQ4 VIN U/LQ9 VIN N)
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
          • Engine Block-Front View
          • Engine Block-Rear View
          • Engine Block-Left Side View
          • Engine Block-Right Side View
          • Engine Block-Bottom View
          • Engine Block-Top View
          • Cylinder Head-Top View
          • Cylinder Head-End View
          • Cylinder Head-Exhaust Manifold Deck View
          • Cylinder Head-Intake Manifold Deck View
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
          • Notes
          • Engine Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Removal
        • Engine Valley Cover Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Filter, Adapter and Pan Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Engine Rear Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Measuring the Cylinder for Taper, Out-of-Round, and Oversize
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Deglazing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring Main Bearing Clearance
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Press Fit Piston Pin
          • Full Floating Piston Pin
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston and Pin
          • Connecting Rod and Bearings
          • Measuring Piston Ring End Gap
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Notes
          • Press Fit Piston Pin
          • Full-Floating Piston Pin
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Notes
          • Tool Usage Information
          • Tool Assembly and Operation
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring Camshaft Lobe Lift
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Notes
          • Valve Guide Reaming
          • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Rear Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Valley Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Installation Procedure
          • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Installation
        • Engine Rear Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter, Adapter, Pan Cover Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Component Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft and Drive System
          • Crankshaft
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Engine Block
          • Exhaust Manifolds
          • Intake Manifold
          • Oil Pan
          • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
          • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
          • Valve Train
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
          • Changed Engine Specifications
          • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
          • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
        • Lubrication Description
          • Lubrication Flow Schematic
        • Cleanliness and Care
          • Notes
          • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of RTV and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Pipe Joint Compound
          • RTV Sealer
          • Anaerobic Sealer
        • Separating Parts
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Torque Specifications
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Starter Application
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point (Engine Electrical)
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Electrical)
        • Symptoms (Engine Electrical)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Noise Diagnosis
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.3L Engine)
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal (6.6L Engine)
          • Removal (8.1L Engine)
          • Installation (4.3L Engine)
          • Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engine)
          • Installation (6.6L Engine)
          • Installation (8.1L Engine)
        • Starter Relay
          • Removal & Installation
        • Starter Shield
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Starter Solenoid (6.6L Engine)
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Controls - On-Vehicle Adjustments
    • Model Identification
    • Engine Mechanical
    • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Notes
      • Camshaft Retard Offset (5.0L & 5.7L)
        • Notes
        • Inspection
        • Adjustment
    • Injection Pump Timing/TDC Offset (Diesel)
      • Notes
      • Injection Pump Timing (6.5L Diesel)
      • TDC Offset Learn Procedure (6.5L Diesel)
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines
    • Throttle Position Sensor
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines & 8.1L Gasoline Engine
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Code Location
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
        • Test 1
          • Ported & Backpressure EGR
        • Test 2
          • Linear EGR
        • Test 3
        • Test 4
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Value Charts - Trucks
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • PID Values
        • Notes
        • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
          • Engine Data 1
          • Engine Data 2
          • EGR Data
          • EVAP Data
          • Fuel Trim Data
          • Misfire Data
          • Output Driver Data
        • PID Value Tables
          • Notes
          • PID Values (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
          • PID Values (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & TrailBlazer)
          • PID Values (Cab & Chassis, Cutaway & RV Cutaway - 6.5L)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 5.0L & 5.7L Gasoline)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 5.0L & 5.7L CNG Bi-Fuel)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 6.5L)
          • PID Values (C, G & K Series - 8.1L)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Gasoline)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 6.0L CNG)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 6.6L)
          • PID Values (Sierra & Silverado - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Sonoma & S10 Pickup - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (S & T Series - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Tracker - 2.0L)
          • PID Values (Tracker - 2.5L)
          • PID Values (Vue - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (Vue - 3.0L)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oxygen Sensors
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
      • Cooling System
        • Cooling System Bleeding
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensors
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Metal Collar)
          • Removal & Installation (Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (5.3L)
        • Fuel Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Injectors
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal (Single Tank Models & Front Tank On Dual Tank Models)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear Tank On Dual Tank Models)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Removal (4.8, 5.3 & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Oxygen Sensors
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L With Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Installation
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Without Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Removal (8.1L)
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EGR Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • EVAP Canister
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
      • Torque Specifications
  • Sensor Range Charts
    • Engine Controls - Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Engine Oil Capacity
        • Cooling System Fluid Capacity
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Manual Transmission Fluid Capacity
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition System
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Notes
          • Firing Order (2.0L & 2.2L)
          • Firing Order (2.5L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L "L" & "Z" Series & 3.4L "A" & "B" Series)
          • Firing Order (3.4L "U" Series)
          • Firing Order (4.2L)
          • Firing Order (4.3L)
          • Firing Order (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L, 6.5L Diesel & 8.1L)
          • Firing Order (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Firing Order (6.6L Diesel)
      • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
        • Except Tracker
        • Tracker
      • Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.4L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.2L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Astro, Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, Safari, SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Chevy Express & SAVANA)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Sierra & SILVERADO)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.5L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.6L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (CNG)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Diesel)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Gasoline)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (3.4L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.2L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.3L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Symptom Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Idle Speed & Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0131 & P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0131 & P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0132 & P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0132 & P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 & 2 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 & 2 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135 & P0155: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0137 & P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0137 & P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138 & P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138 & P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0140 & P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0140 & P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0141 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 2 (6.0L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0141 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 2 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0171 & P0174: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 & P0175: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0178: Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0308: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 & P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0342: CMP Signal Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0343: CMP Signal High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351-P0358: Ignition Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System - Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0404: EGR Valve Open Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Pintle Position Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0420 & P0430: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System - Large Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm (With Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm (Without Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm (With Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm (Without Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 & P1683: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0704: Clutch Pedal Switch
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0706: Transmission Range Switch
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Conditions For Running DTC (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1120: Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1125: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors Out Of Range Or Disagree
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1172: Fuel Transfer With Secondary Pump
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 - Voltage Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1221: Excessive Difference Between Throttle Position Sensors
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1275: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1276: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1280: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1281: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1285: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1286: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 3 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1404: EGR Valve Closed Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1514: Airflow Rate Excessive
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1515: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1516: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1517: TAC Module Memory Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1518: TAC Module Serial Data Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 2
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Except 3.4L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Gasoline)
        • Glow Plug Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
        • Ignition Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel System (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Notes
        • Alternative Fuel Pump Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline (Bi-Fuel Only)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Indicator Light Always On - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel System (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Always On Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Nozzle Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Injector Balance Test
          • Nozzle Opening Pressure Test
          • Nozzle Leak Test
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Leaks Inside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Leaks Outside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Return System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • From Engine To Tank
          • From Engine To Injector Spill Lines
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Cab & Chassis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Pickup (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Graphing
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test (6.5L & 6.6L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition (Glow Plug) Relay (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Draining Procedure (6.6L)
      • Fuel System (Gasoline)
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (All Except 2.2L & 3.0L VUE, 3.4L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (5.7L Bi-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve (6.5L)
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (6.6L)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • EGR Valve Check
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve Vacuum Pump (6.5L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • 2.2L (VIN 4) "S" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "A" & "B" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "U" Series
        • 4.2L (VIN S) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "C" & "K" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "G" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "L" & "M" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.8L (VIN V), 5.3L (VIN T & Z), & 6.0L (VIN U) "C" & "K" Series
        • 5.0L (VIN M) & 5.7L (VIN R) "G" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "C" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "G" Series
        • 6.6L (VIN 1) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "G" Series
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Symptoms (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out &/Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Excessive Smoke
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Knock/Combustion Noise
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Leaks Or Fuel Smell
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag &/Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness Or Sponginess
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Surge &/Or CHUGGLE
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Turbocharger Trouble Shooting
        • Symptoms
        • Probable Causes
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.4L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.2L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Astro, Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, Safari, SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Chevy Express & SAVANA)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Sierra & SILVERADO)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.5L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.6L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (CNG)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Diesel)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Gasoline)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (3.4L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.2L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.3L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Symptom Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Idle Speed & Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0131 & P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0131 & P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0132 & P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0132 & P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0133 & P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0134 & P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 & 2 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 & 2 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0135 & P0155: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0137 & P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0137 & P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138 & P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138 & P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0140 & P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0140 & P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 (W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0141 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 2 (6.0L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0141 & P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1 & 2, Sensors 2 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0171 & P0174: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 & P0175: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0178: Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0308: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 & P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0342: CMP Signal Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0343: CMP Signal High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351-P0358: Ignition Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System - Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0404: EGR Valve Open Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Pintle Position Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0420 & P0430: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 1 & 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System - Large Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm (With Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm (Without Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm (With Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm (Without Electronic Throttle Control)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 & P1683: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0704: Clutch Pedal Switch
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0706: Transmission Range Switch
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Conditions For Running DTC (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input (4L60-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input (4L80-E Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1120: Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1125: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors Out Of Range Or Disagree
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1133 & P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Case Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (4.8L & 5.3L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1134 & P1154: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 (6.0L W/Isolated Ground)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1172: Fuel Transfer With Secondary Pump
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 - Voltage Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1221: Excessive Difference Between Throttle Position Sensors
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1275: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1276: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1280: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1281: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1285: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit - Sensor 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1286: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 3 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1404: EGR Valve Closed Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1514: Airflow Rate Excessive
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1515: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1516: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1517: TAC Module Memory Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1518: TAC Module Serial Data Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 2
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Except 3.4L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Gasoline)
        • Glow Plug Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
        • Ignition Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel System (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Notes
        • Alternative Fuel Pump Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline (Bi-Fuel Only)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Indicator Light Always On - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel System (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Always On Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Nozzle Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Injector Balance Test
          • Nozzle Opening Pressure Test
          • Nozzle Leak Test
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Leaks Inside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Leaks Outside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Return System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • From Engine To Tank
          • From Engine To Injector Spill Lines
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Cab & Chassis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Pickup (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Graphing
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test (6.5L & 6.6L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition (Glow Plug) Relay (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Draining Procedure (6.6L)
      • Fuel System (Gasoline)
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (All Except 2.2L & 3.0L VUE, 3.4L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (5.7L Bi-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve (6.5L)
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (6.6L)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • EGR Valve Check
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve Vacuum Pump (6.5L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • 2.2L (VIN 4) "S" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "A" & "B" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "U" Series
        • 4.2L (VIN S) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "C" & "K" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "G" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "L" & "M" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.8L (VIN V), 5.3L (VIN T & Z), & 6.0L (VIN U) "C" & "K" Series
        • 5.0L (VIN M) & 5.7L (VIN R) "G" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "C" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "G" Series
        • 6.6L (VIN 1) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "G" Series
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Symptoms (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out &/Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Excessive Smoke
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Knock/Combustion Noise
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Leaks Or Fuel Smell
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag &/Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness Or Sponginess
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Surge &/Or CHUGGLE
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Turbocharger Trouble Shooting
        • Symptoms
        • Probable Causes
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Speed Density
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls (Gasoline Engines)
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module & Vehicle Control Module
          • Notes
          • Arithmetic Logic Unit
          • Central Processing Unit
          • Memories
          • Power Supply
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • Air Conditioning (A/C) On/Request Signal
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (Except 3.0L, 3.4L & 4.2L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (4.2L)
          • Cranking Signal
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Digital Ratio Adapter Controller
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Pintle Position Sensor
          • Fuel Pump Feedback
          • Gear Switches
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Oxygen Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • A/C Clutch Relay
          • Cruise Control Stepper Motor
          • EGR System
          • Electronic Ignition
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronic Transmission)
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Transmission Shift Light (Manual Transmission)
      • Computerized Engine Controls (Diesel Engines)
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Memories
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Barometric Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Boost Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor (57X Signal)
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Temperature Sensor
          • Injection Pump Cam Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • Cruise Control Stepper Motor
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
          • Fuel Solenoid
          • Glow Plug Relay
          • Injector Timing Stepper Motor
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Transmission Shift Light (Manual Transmission)
          • Turbo Boost Relay (6.5L Turbo)
          • Wastegate Solenoid (6.5L Turbo)
      • Fuel Systems (Diesel Engines)
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Injection Pump
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Fuel System Operating Modes
        • Idle Speed
          • Curb Idle Speed
          • Fast Idle Speed
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator (CSFI)
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator (SFI)
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Central Sequential Fuel Injection (CSFI) Assembly
          • Closed Loop Mode
          • Fuel System Operating Modes
          • Open Loop Mode
          • Sequential Fuel Injection (SFI) System
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve (IAC)
      • Ignition Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System
          • High Voltage Switch Ignition System
          • Ignition Timing Control
      • Emission Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • Carbon Canister
          • Canister Purge Control Solenoid (CPCS)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
        • Secondary Air Injection System
      • Emission Systems (Diesel Engines)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • EGR Fault Detection
          • EGR Valve
          • EGR Vent/EGR Solenoids
          • Vacuum Pump
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Switches
        • Cooling Fan Control
        • Cruise Control
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
          • Electronic Transmission
          • Shift Up Indicator Light
  • Engine Vacuum Diagrams
    • Model Identification
    • Introduction
    • Emission Control Device Abbreviations
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
  • Engine Performance Wiring Diagrams
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • ALERO & Grand Am
      • Astro & Safari
      • Aurora
      • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
      • AZTEK
      • Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
      • BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer
      • CAMARO & Firebird
      • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
      • Century
      • Chevy Express & SAVANA
      • Corvette
      • DEVILLE
      • ELDORADO
      • Grand PRIX
      • Impala & Monte CARLO
      • Intrigue
      • MALIBU
      • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
      • Park Avenue
      • PRIZM
      • Regal
      • SATURN (L Series)
      • SATURN (S Series)
      • SEVILLE
      • Tracker
      • VUE
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • CHRYSLER Corp.
      • A/C Calibration (Caravan, Town & Country, & Voyager)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • A/C Calibration (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
      • Body Control Module (CONCORDE, Intrepid, SEBRING Convertible, SEBRING Sedan, Stratus Sedan & 300M)
      • Drive Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Engine Control Module Programming (Diesel)
      • Immobilizer System (SEBRING Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
        • Notes
        • Encrypted Code Registration
        • Key ID Registration
      • Instrument Cluster (Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Pinion Factor Procedure
        • Except Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
        • Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
      • Power Liftgate Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Except Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Programming Ignition Keys Using Customer Learn Method
      • Torque Converter Clutch Break-In Procedure (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
        • Description
        • Break-In Procedure
      • Transmission Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
      • Transaxle Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure
      • Vehicle DRIVEABILITY Computer Relearn Procedure
    • Ford Motor Co.
      • Notes
      • Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Programmable Module Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Actuator Module Parameter Reset (LS - Manual Transmission Only)
      • Customer Preferences
      • Instrument Cluster Programming
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "A"
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "B"
        • Security Access Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Initialization (WINDSTAR Only)
      • Programming Powertrain Control Module (All Models)
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Flash Vehicle Identification (VID) Block Procedure
      • Rear Ride Height Initializing Procedure (BLACKWOOD Only)
        • Calibration Procedure
    • General Motors (Cars)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Alero, Aurora - 4.0L, Bonneville, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Corvette, Deville, Eldorado, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal, Seville & Sunfire - 2.2L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L
        • Cavalier & Sunfire - 2.4L
        • Intrigue - 3.5L
        • Saturn - 1.9L
        • Saturn - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Alero - 2.2L, Cavalier, Grand Am - 2.2L, Saturn - 1.9L & Sunfire
        • Remote Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Off-Board Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Remote Programming (Corvette)
        • Off-Board Programming (Corvette)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Seed & Key Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
    • General Motors (Trucks & Vans)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special -5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL
        • Vue - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module Programming
        • Remote Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Off-Board Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Vue - 2.2L
        • Vue - 3.0L
      • Fuel Injection Pump Top Dead Center Offset Adjustment
        • Learning A TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
      • Glow Plug System Relearn Procedure
        • Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Remote Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Off-Board Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • PCM Programming (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • Programming TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • PCM Programming (S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Sonoma - 2.2L & Tracker)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 30 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Procedure To Set Up New Theft Deterrent Control Module With Transponder Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Auto Learn Method (Vue)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Vue)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Vue - 3.0L
    • Jeep
      • Drive Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Updating Secret Key Data
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Using Customer Learn Method
      • Shift Quality Quick-Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Overview
        • Quick-Learn Procedure
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E Light Duty) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Power Door, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Rear Wheel DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Variable Effort DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Real Time Damping DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent - Immobilizer DTCS
    • Transfer Case - NVG 236/246-NP8 DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
      • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Frame Contact Hoist
          • Front Hoist Pads
          • Rear Hoist Pads
        • Jacking
          • Notes
          • Under the Frame Rails
          • Under the Rear Differential
          • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
        • Jack Stands
  • Identification
    • Automatic Transmission Application
      • 1983
      • 1984
      • 1985
      • 1986
      • 1987
      • 1988
      • 1989
      • 1990
      • 1991
      • 1992
      • 1993
      • 1994
      • 1995
      • 1996
      • 1997
      • 1998
      • 1999
      • 2000
      • 2001
      • 2002
      • 2003
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
      • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Frame Contact Hoist
          • Front Hoist Pads
          • Rear Hoist Pads
        • Jacking
          • Notes
          • Under the Frame Rails
          • Under the Rear Differential
          • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
        • Jack Stands
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
          • Engine Order Related Disturbances
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (Non-System Balanced Flange)
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Transmission Shims
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • Notes
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
        • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
        • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • With Base Audio System
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • With Base Audio System
        • Without DIC
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • With Information Center Display
        • With Visual Information Center
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Federal Emissions
        • California Emissions
    • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
    • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Message Reset
    • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Resetting With Base Audio System
        • Resetting With Navigation System
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Notes
        • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
        • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Model Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal (1999-2002)
          • Installation (1999-2002)
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Ambient and Inside Air Temp - ohms)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Upper, Lower and Aux Air Temp - ohms)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0159
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0164
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0179
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0268
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0408
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0429
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0434
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1020
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3531
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3579
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3584
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3761
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3764
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (W/O Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (W/Sunroof or Heat Only)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (W/O Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (W/Sunroof or Heat Only)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (W/O Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (W/Sunroof or Heat Only)
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (w/o Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (w/ Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (w/o sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (w/ sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (W/O Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (W/Sunroof)
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/O D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/ D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
          • Air Speed-Front Control
          • Air Speed-Manual Auxiliary HVAC Control
          • Air Speed-Automatic Auxiliary HVAC Control
          • Air Distribution-Front Control
          • Air Distribution-Manual Auxiliary HVAC Control
          • Air Distribution-Automatic Auxiliary HVAC Control
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Auxiliary HVAC Configurations
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly
            • Duct Air Temperature Sensors
            • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
            • Sunload Sensor
          • Heating Operation
          • A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • A/C Pressure Sensors
            • Recirculation Mode
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
          • Auxiliary HVAC Combinations
          • Automatic Auxiliary HVAC System
            • Notes
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Duct Air Temperature Sensors
            • Auxiliary Inside Air Temperature Sensor
            • Auxiliary Heating Operation
            • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Manual Auxiliary HVAC w/o CF5
            • Notes
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Heating Operation
            • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Manual Auxiliary HVAC w/CF5
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Heating Operation
            • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Manual Auxiliary w/C36 or C69 Only
            • Auxiliary Heating Operation
            • Auxiliary A/C Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Model Identification
      • Specifications
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • A/C Cycle
        • A/C Cycle With Auxiliary
        • A/C Operation
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Sensors
          • Recirculation Mode
        • Air Distribution
          • Notes
          • Front Defrost
          • Mode Actuator
        • Air Distribution (Auxiliary) Control
        • Air Speed (Auxiliary)
          • Notes
          • Auxiliary High Blower Speed
          • Auxiliary Low Blower Speed
          • Auxiliary Medium Blower Speed
          • Off Mode
        • Air Speed (Front Control)
          • Notes
          • High Blower Speed
          • Low Blower Speed
          • Medium Blower Speeds
        • Engine Coolant
        • Heating Operation
          • Notes
          • Heater Only Option (C42)
        • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
          • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
          • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Mode Actuator
          • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
        • Manual Auxiliary HVAC W/O Sunroof
          • Notes
          • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
          • Auxiliary Heating Operation
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
          • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
          • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
        • Manual Auxiliary HVAC W/Sunroof
          • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
          • Auxiliary Heating Operation
          • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
        • Manual Auxiliary W/C36 &/Or C69 Only
          • Auxiliary A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating Operation
        • RECIRCULATION Operation
      • Component Location
      • Adjustments
        • Actuator Calibration
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Performance Tests
        • A/C System Performance Test
        • Heating System Performance
      • System Tests
        • A/C Pressure Zone "A" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "B" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "C" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "D" Diagnosis
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Air Delivery Improper
        • Test B: Air Delivery Improper (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
        • Test C: Air RECIRCULATION Malfunction
        • Test D: Blower Motor Always On
        • Test E: Blower Motor Always On (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
        • Test F: Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Test G: Blower Motor Inoperative (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
        • Test H: Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Test I: Blower Motor Malfunction (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
        • Test J: Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Test K: Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • Test L: Defrosting Insufficient
        • Test M: Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Test N: Too Cold In Vehicle (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
        • Test O: Too Hot In Vehicle
          • (Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • (3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
        • Test P: Too Hot In Vehicle (Auxiliary)
          • Models With Sunroof
          • Models Without Sunroof
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • A/C High Pressure RECIRCULATION Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • A/C High Pressure Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • A/C Refrigerant Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models With Previously Installed Filter)
          • Installation (All Models With Previously Installed Filter)
          • Installation (All Models Without Previously Installed Filter)
        • Accumulator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Temperature Actuators
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • Air Temperature Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • Blower Motor Resistor
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
        • Blower Motor Switch (Auxiliary)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Compressor
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L With Denso - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Installation (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L With Denso - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Removal (8.1L With Harrison - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Installation (8.1L With Harrison - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Removal (8.1L with Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Installation (8.1L with Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L With Denso - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Installation (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L With Denso - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Removal (6.6L With Denso - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Installation (6.6L With Denso - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Removal (4.3L With Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Installation (4.3L With Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Removal (6.6L With Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
          • Installation (6.6L With Harrison - 3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
        • Compressor Relay
          • Removal & Installation (All Models)
        • Compressor Sealing Washers
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon)
          • Installation (3500 HD, Cab & Chassis, Sierra, Silverado)
        • Condenser
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (All Models)
        • Defroster Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Discharge Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Core
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Auxiliary Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Installation (Auxiliary Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal (Auxiliary Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary Tahoe/Yukon)
        • Evaporator Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (All Models)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • Heater Core
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (All Models)
          • Removal & Installation (Auxiliary Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal & Installation (Auxiliary Tahoe/Yukon)
        • Heater Door
          • Removal & Installation (All Models)
        • Heater Pipe
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • HVAC Control Assembly
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Removal (Front Auxiliary HVAC Overhead Control) (Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Removal (Rear Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (All Models)
          • Installation (Front Auxiliary HVAC Overhead Control) (Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Rear Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • HVAC Control Processor
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • HVAC Module
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Auxiliary Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal (Auxiliary Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Installation (Auxiliary Tahoe/Yukon)
        • Mode Actuator
          • Removal (With Floor Console)
          • Installation (With Floor Console)
          • Removal (Without Floor Console)
          • Installation (Without Floor Console)
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
        • O-Ring
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Orifice Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (All Models)
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (All Models)
        • RECIRCULATION Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Door
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sealing Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (All Models)
        • Suction Hose
          • Notes
          • Removal (All Models)
          • Installation (All Models)
        • Suction Screen
          • Notes
          • Removal (With Existing Suction Screen - All Models)
          • Installation (With Existing Suction Screen - All Models)
          • Installation (Without Suction Screen)
        • Thermal Expansion Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
          • Installation (Auxiliary - Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, Tahoe & Yukon)
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Air Bag Warning Light
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor
        • Knee Bolsters
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
        • Sir Coil Assembly
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
          • With Centering Window & Service Lock
          • With Centering Window & No Service Lock
          • With Service Lock & No Centering Window
          • Without Centering Window Or Service Lock
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact AIR Bag)
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Pad
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0016, B0017, B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026: Driver Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Short To Ground Or Voltage/ Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028, B0029, B0030: Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/ Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0035: Front End Discriminating Sensor Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0036: Front End Discriminating Sensor Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, B0082: Driver-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Passenger-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver-Side Sis Identification Error/Driver-Side Sis NOK Message/Passenger-Side Sis Identification Error/Passenger-Side Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: SDM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche / Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche / Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Electronic Power Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Controls Component Views
        • Steering Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • Diagnostic System Check - Variable Effort Steering
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0470 or C0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472 or C0473
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0495
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0496, C0498, or C0499
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0501, C0503, or C0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0521
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering (PS) Solenoid Actuator, Discharge Fitting Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (700 Gear)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8 L, 5.3 L and 6.0 L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1 L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Actuator Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement (Non-Rack and Pinion)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
        • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (680 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (700 Gear)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8 L, 5.3 L and 6.0 L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1 L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Actuator Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Outlet Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement (Non-Rack and Pinion)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
      • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (680 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
      • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Position Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (With Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Mass Damper Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Column Lock Module Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Snap On Shrouds)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Bearing Thrust Washer - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Tilt)
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Standard)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Standard)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Tools Required
        • Replacment Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift Sphere Joint)
        • Tools Required
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Linkage
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Linkage Inspection
      • Tie Rod Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Idler Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Relay Rod Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Damper Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pitman Arm Replacement (RWD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pitman Arm Replacement (4WD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Linkage Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension System - Automatic Level Control
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Level Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0655
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0660
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0711
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Always On
      • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer and Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Air Line Tubing Repair
      • Air Compressor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Coil Spring Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Torsion Bar Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (2WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement (2WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torsion Bar Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Torsion Bar)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearing Diagnosis (Sealed)
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Coil Springs
        • Leaf Springs
      • Adjustments & Inspection
        • Wheel Alignment
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Coil Spring
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Leaf Spring
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber (Sierra & SILVERADO)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber (15 Series Utility With Level Control)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber (15 Series Utility Without Level Control)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber (25 Series Utility)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Spring Bumper
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Leaf Spring Bushing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Leaf Spring Shackle
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft & Insulators (15/25 Series)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft (35 Series)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link (15/25 Series)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link (35 Series)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Track Bar
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearing Diagnosis (Sealed)
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment Specifications
    • Specifications
      • Astro & Safari
      • Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, TAHOE & YUKON
      • AZTEK & Rendezvous
      • Blazer, Jimmy, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
      • BRAVADA, Envoy & Trailblazer
      • Express & SAVANA
      • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
      • Sierra & SILVERADO (Front)
      • Sierra & SILVERADO With (Rear) QUADRASTEER
        • Notes
        • Alignment Procedure
        • Learn Wheel Alignment Procedure
      • Tracker
      • C3500HD
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul & Testing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Cable Re-Adjustment
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Inspection
          • Torque Converter End Play Check
      • Transmission Disassembly
        • Converter Housing
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
        • Extension Housing
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Oil Pump, Input Clutch & Reverse Clutch
        • 2-4 Band, Input Gear Set & Reaction Gear Set
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Inner Manual Shaft Linkage
        • 3RD Accumulator Retainer & Ball Assembly
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Oil Pump
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Input Clutch & Forward Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Forward Clutch Sprag
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Low-Reverse Support
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Valve Body
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Transmission Case
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets, Low-Reverse Clutch & Support
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Miscellaneous Case Components
          • Cleaning & Inspection
      • Transmission Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets
        • Reverse Input Assembly & Input Clutch
        • Oil Pump Assembly
        • 2-4 Band & Servo Assembly
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Extension Housing
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transmission Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transmission
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - Servicing - Except ALLISON
      • Application
      • Identification
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
          • Transmission
          • Transfer Case
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition (4L60-E)
          • Checking Fluid Level
          • Checking Fluid Condition
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition (4L80-E)
          • Checking Fluid Level
          • Checking Fluid Condition
        • Checking Fluid Level (Transfer Case)
        • Recommended Fluids
          • Transmission
          • Transfer Case
        • Fluid Capacities
          • Transmission
          • Transfer Case
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Initial Flush
          • Back Flush
        • Transmission & Oil Cooler Flow Check
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator Assembly (4L60-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Accumulator Assembly (4L80-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Auxiliary Oil Cooler
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids (4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly (4L60-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal (4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Filler Tube (4L60-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Filler Tube (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Forward Servo (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heat Shield (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Lines
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Lock Pawl & Actuator (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Reverse Servo (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Checking Procedure
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable (Column End)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable (Transmission End)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Solenoid, TCC PWM Solenoid & Wiring Harness (4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Torque Converter Clutch Valve & Spring (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch (4L60-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch (4L80-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (4L60-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (4L80-E - Input)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (4L80-E - Output)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vent Hose (4L80-E)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-4 Servo (4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Disassembly
          • Adjustment
          • Assembly & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission Diagnosis - 4L60-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transmission
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Adapt Function
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure
        • Transmission Components & Systems
        • Electronic Components
          • 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Transmission In-Line 20-Pin Electrical Connector
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Limp-In Mode
        • Electronic Control System
        • Shift Interlock System
      • Component Locations
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Sensors, Solenoids & Switches
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Clutch & Band Applications
      • Performance Tests
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control & Torque Converter Clutch Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Manual 4-3 Downshift
          • Manual 4-2 Downshift
          • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Reverse
          • Manual First
          • Manual Second
          • Manual Third
        • Shift Speed Specifications
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration At Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration At High Speed
          • Whine Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
        • Clutch & Servo Air Checks
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Summary
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0218: Transmission Fluid OVERTEMPERATURE
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0218
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0218
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: VSS Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0502
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0502
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: VSS Circuit - Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0503
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0503
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0705: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0705
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0705
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0706: Transmission Range Switch Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0706
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0706
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0711: TFT Sensor Circuit - Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0711
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0711
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0712: TFT Sensor Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0712
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0712
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0713: TFT Sensor Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0713
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0713
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0719
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0719
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0724
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0724
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0740: TCC Enable Solenoid Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0740
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0740
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0741: TCC Circuit Performance Or Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0741
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0742
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0742: TCC System - Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0742
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0742
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0748: Pressure Control Solenoid Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0748
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0748
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0751: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance Or Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0751
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0751 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0751 (Condition No. 2)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0752: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0752
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0752 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0752 (Condition No. 2)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0753: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0753
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0753
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0756: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Performance Or Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0756
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0756 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0756 (Condition No. 2)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0757: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0757
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0757 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0757 (Condition No. 2)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0758: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0758
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0758
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0785: 3-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0785
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0785
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1810: TFP Manual Valve Position Switch - Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1810
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1810 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1810 (Condition No. 2)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1810 (Condition No. 3)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1860: TCC PWM Solenoid Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1860
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1860
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1870: Transmission Component Slipping
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1870
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1870
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1875: 4WD Low Switch Circuit - Electrical Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Active 4WD System)
          • Circuit Description (Non-Active 4WD System)
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1875
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1875 (Condition No. 1)
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1875 (Condition No. 2)
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptom Tests
        • Range Selector Display Inoperative Or Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure ("C", "K" "L", "M", "S" & "T" Series)
          • Diagnostic Procedure ("G" Series)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Tow/Haul Switch/Indicator Always On Or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure ("C"&"K" Series)
          • Diagnostic Procedure ("L"&"M" Series)
          • Diagnostic Procedure ("S"&"T" Series)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • 2ND Gear Start Switch Indicator Light - Always On Or Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Component Tests
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Electronic Component Specifications
        • Component Resistance
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - NVG 149-NP (One Speed Automatic)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise
        • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
        • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
        • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
        • Transfer Case No Front Drive
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Flow - No Wheels Slip
          • Power Flow - Front Wheels Slip
          • Power Flow - Rear Wheels Slip
          • Viscous Coupling Test
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Transfer Case - NVG 149-NP (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Rear Output Shaft
          • Mainshaft
          • 2/4 Wheel Drive Planetary Carrier
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Input Gear
          • Viscous Coupling
          • Sun Gear and Annulus Gear
        • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Tools Required
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• External Pages